blob: 9d980748532c25426d851f827d9f36f666311e11 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau11f8f542010-01-08 07:49:44 +01007 2010/01/08
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100505. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100159 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100205
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100257 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100388
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100402
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100418
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100429
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100483 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100692bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100717balance X - X X
718bind - X X -
719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100727default-server X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200728default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200729description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100730disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200731dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100732enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200733errorfile X X X X
734errorloc X X X X
735errorloc302 X X X X
736errorloc303 X X X X
737fullconn X - X X
738grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200739hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100740http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200741id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200742log X X X X
743maxconn X X X -
744mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100745monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200746monitor-net X X X -
747monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100748[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200749[no] option accept-invalid-
750 http-request X X X -
751[no] option accept-invalid-
752 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100753[no] option allbackups X - X X
754[no] option checkcache X - X X
755[no] option clitcpka X X X -
756[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200757[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100758[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100759[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200760option forwardfor X X X X
761option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100762[no] option http-server-
763 close X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100764[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200765option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200766[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200767[no] option independant-
768 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200769[no] option log-health- X - X X
770 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200771[no] option log-separate-
772 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option logasap X X X -
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100774option mysql-check X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100775[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200776option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100777[no] option persist X - X X
778[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200779option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200780[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100781[no] option splice-auto X X X X
782[no] option splice-request X X X X
783[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100784[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200785option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200786[no] option tcp-smart-
787 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200788[no] option tcp-smart-
789 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200790option tcpka X X X X
791option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100792[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200793persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100794rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200795redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100796redisp X - X X (deprecated)
797redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200798reqadd - X X X
799reqallow - X X X
800reqdel - X X X
801reqdeny - X X X
802reqiallow - X X X
803reqidel - X X X
804reqideny - X X X
805reqipass - X X X
806reqirep - X X X
807reqisetbe - X X X
808reqitarpit - X X X
809reqpass - X X X
810reqrep - X X X
811reqsetbe - X X X
812reqtarpit - X X X
813retries X - X X
814rspadd - X X X
815rspdel - X X X
816rspdeny - X X X
817rspidel - X X X
818rspideny - X X X
819rspirep - X X X
820rsprep - X X X
821server - - X X
822source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100823srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200824stats auth X - X X
825stats enable X - X X
826stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200827stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200828stats scope X - X X
829stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200830stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200831tcp-request content accept - X X -
832tcp-request content reject - X X -
833tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100834timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100835timeout client X X X -
836timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
837timeout connect X - X X
838timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100839timeout http-keep-alive X X X X
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200840timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100841timeout queue X - X X
842timeout server X - X X
843timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100844timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100845transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200846use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200847----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
848keyword defaults frontend listen backend
849
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100850
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008514.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
852---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100853
854This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
855
856
857acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
858 Declare or complete an access list.
859 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
860 no | yes | yes | yes
861 Example:
862 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
863 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
864 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
865
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200866 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100867
868
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100869appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
870 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100871 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
872 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
873 no | no | yes | yes
874 Arguments :
875 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
876 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
877
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100878 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100879 checked in each cookie value.
880
881 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
882 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
883 milliseconds.
884
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200885 request-learn
886 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
887 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
888 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
889 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
890 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
891 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
892
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100893 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
894 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
895 data following this prefix.
896
897 Example :
898 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
899
900 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
901 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
902
903 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
904 2 modes are currently supported :
905 - path-parameters :
906 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
907 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
908 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
909 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
910 - query-string :
911 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
912 query string.
913
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100914 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
915 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
916 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
917 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100918 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
919 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
920 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100921 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
922 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
923
924 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
925
926 Example :
927 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
928
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100929 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie", "balance", "stick" and "stick-table".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100930
931
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100932backlog <conns>
933 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
934 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
935 yes | yes | yes | no
936 Arguments :
937 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
938 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
939 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
940
941 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
942 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
943 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
944 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
945 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
946 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
947 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
948 backlog parameter.
949
950 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
951 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
952 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
953
954 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
955
956
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100957balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200958balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
960 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
961 yes | no | yes | yes
962 Arguments :
963 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
964 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
965 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
966 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
967
968 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
969 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
970 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
971 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200972 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
973 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
974 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
975 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
976 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
977 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
978 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
979 it, so that you don't worry.
980
981 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
982 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
983 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
984 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
985 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
986 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
987 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
988 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100989
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100990 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
991 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
992 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
993 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
994 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
995 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
996 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
997 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
998
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100999 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
1000 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
1001 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
1002 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1003 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1004 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1005 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1006 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001007 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001008 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001009 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1010 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1011 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001012
1013 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1014 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1015 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1016 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1017 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1018 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1019 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001020 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1021 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1022 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001023
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001024 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1025 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1026 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1027 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1028 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1029 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1030 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1031 URIs start with a leading "/".
1032
1033 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1034 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1035 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1036 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1037
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001038 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001039 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1040
1041 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1042 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1043 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1044 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1045 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1046 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1047 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1048 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1049 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1050 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1051 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1052 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1053 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1054 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1055 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1056 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1057 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1058 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1059 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1060 be randomly balanced if at all.
1061
1062 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1063 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1064 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1065 server will receive the request.
1066
1067 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1068 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1069 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1070 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1071 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001072 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1073 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1074 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001075
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001076 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1077 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1078 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001079 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001080 algorithm is applied instead.
1081
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001082 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001083 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1084 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1085 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1086
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001087 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1088 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1089 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1090
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001091 rdp-cookie
1092 rdp-cookie(name)
1093 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1094 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1095 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1096 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1097 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1098 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001099 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001100 used instead.
1101
1102 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1103 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1104 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1105 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1106
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001107 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1108 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1109 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1110
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001111 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001112 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1113 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001114
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001115 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001116 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001117
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001118 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1119 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1120 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001121
1122 Examples :
1123 balance roundrobin
1124 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001125 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001126 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1127 balance hdr(host)
1128 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001129
1130 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1131 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1132
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001133 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001134 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1135 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1136 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1137 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1138
1139 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1140 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1141 defaults to 16 kB.
1142
1143 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1144 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1145
1146 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1147 Round Robin.
1148
1149 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1150 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1151 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1152 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1153
1154 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1155
1156 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001157 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001158 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1159 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1160 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001161
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001162 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1163 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001164
1165
1166bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001167bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001168bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001169bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001170bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1171bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001172bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001173 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1174 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1175 no | yes | yes | no
1176 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001177 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1178 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1179 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1180 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1181 special address "0.0.0.0".
1182
1183 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1184 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1185 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001186
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001187 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1188 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1189 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1190 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1191 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1192 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1193 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1194 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1195 privileges.
1196
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001197 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1198 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1199 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1200 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1201 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1202 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1203 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1204 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1205
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001206 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1207 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1208 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1209 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001210
1211 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1212
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001213 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1214 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1215 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001216 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001217 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1218 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1219 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1220 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1221 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001222
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001223 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1224 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1225 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1226 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1227 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1228 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1229 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1230 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1231 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1232 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1233 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1234 with front firewalls which would see an established
1235 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1236
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001237 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1238 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1239 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1240 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1241 in a frontend.
1242
1243 Example :
1244 listen http_proxy
1245 bind :80,:443
1246 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1247
1248 See also : "source".
1249
1250
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001251bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1252 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1253 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1254 yes | yes | yes | yes
1255 Arguments :
1256 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1257 may be used to override a default value.
1258
1259 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1260 option may be combined with other numbers.
1261
1262 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1263 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1264 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1265 missing from all processes.
1266
1267 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1268 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1269 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1270 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1271
1272 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1273 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1274 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1275 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1276 and 'even' instances.
1277
1278 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1279 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1280 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1281 32.
1282
1283 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1284 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1285
1286 Example :
1287 listen app_ip1
1288 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1289 bind_process odd
1290
1291 listen app_ip2
1292 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1293 bind_process even
1294
1295 listen management
1296 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1297 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1298
1299 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1300
1301
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001302block { if | unless } <condition>
1303 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1304 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1305 no | yes | yes | yes
1306
1307 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1308 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001309 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001310 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1311 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1312 "block" statements per instance.
1313
1314 Example:
1315 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1316 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1317 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1318 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1319
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001320 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001321
1322
1323capture cookie <name> len <length>
1324 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1325 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1326 no | yes | yes | no
1327 Arguments :
1328 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1329 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1330 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1331 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1332 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1333
1334 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1335 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1336 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1337 right if it exceeds <length>.
1338
1339 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1340 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1341 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1342 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1343
1344 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1345 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1346 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1347
1348 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1349 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1350 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1351 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001352 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001353 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1354
1355 Example:
1356 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1357
1358 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001359 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001360
1361
1362capture request header <name> len <length>
1363 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1364 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1365 no | yes | yes | no
1366 Arguments :
1367 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001368 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001369 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1370 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1371 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1372
1373 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1374 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1375 it exceeds <length>.
1376
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001377 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001378 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1379 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001380 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1381 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1382 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1383 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001384 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001385 environments to find where the request came from.
1386
1387 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1388 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1389 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1390 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001391
1392 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1393 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1394 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1395 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1396
1397 Example:
1398 capture request header Host len 15
1399 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1400 capture request header Referrer len 15
1401
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001402 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001403 about logging.
1404
1405
1406capture response header <name> len <length>
1407 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1408 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1409 no | yes | yes | no
1410 Arguments :
1411 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001412 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001413 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1414 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1415 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1416
1417 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1418 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1419 it exceeds <length>.
1420
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001421 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001422 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1423 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1424 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001425 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1426 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1427 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1428 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001429
1430 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1431 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1432 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1433 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1434
1435 Example:
1436 capture response header Content-length len 9
1437 capture response header Location len 15
1438
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001439 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001440 about logging.
1441
1442
1443clitimeout <timeout>
1444 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1445 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1446 yes | yes | yes | no
1447 Arguments :
1448 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1449 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1450 as explained at the top of this document.
1451
1452 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1453 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1454 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1455 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1456 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1457 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1458 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1459 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001460 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001461 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1462 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1463
1464 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1465 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1466 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1467 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1468 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1469 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1470
1471 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1472 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1473
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001474 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1475 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001476
1477
1478contimeout <timeout>
1479 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1480 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1481 yes | no | yes | yes
1482 Arguments :
1483 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1484 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1485 as explained at the top of this document.
1486
1487 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001488 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01001489 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001490 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1491 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1492 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1493 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1494
1495 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1496 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1497 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1498 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1499 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1500 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1501
1502 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1503 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1504 instead.
1505
1506 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1507 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1508
1509
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001510cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001511 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001512 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1513 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1514 yes | no | yes | yes
1515 Arguments :
1516 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1517 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1518 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1519 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1520 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1521 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1522 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1523 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1524 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1525
1526 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1527 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1528 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1529 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1530 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1531 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1532 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1533 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1534 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1535 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1536 "insert" and "prefix".
1537
1538 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1539 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1540 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1541 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1542 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1543 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1544 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1545 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1546 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1547
1548 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1549 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1550 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1551 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1552 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1553 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1554 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1555 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1556 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1557 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1558 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1559
1560 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1561 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1562 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1563 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1564 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1565 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1566 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1567 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1568 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1569 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1570
1571 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1572 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1573 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1574 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1575 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1576 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1577 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1578 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1579 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1580
1581 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1582 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1583 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1584 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1585 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1586 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1587 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1588 persistence cookie in the cache.
1589 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1590
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001591 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001592 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001593 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1594 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1595 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1596 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1597 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1598 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001599
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001600 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1601 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1602 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1603 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001604
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001605 Examples :
1606 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1607 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1608 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1609
1610 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1611
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001612
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001613default-server [param*]
1614 Change default options for a server in a backend
1615 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1616 yes | no | yes | yes
1617 Arguments:
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001618 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server"
1619 keyword accepts an important number of options and has a complete
1620 section dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more
1621 details.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001622
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001623 Example :
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001624 default-server inter 1000 weight 13
1625
1626 See also: "server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001627
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001628
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001629default_backend <backend>
1630 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1631 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1632 yes | yes | yes | no
1633 Arguments :
1634 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1635
1636 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1637 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1638 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1639 will catch all undetermined requests.
1640
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001641 Example :
1642
1643 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1644 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1645 default_backend dynamic
1646
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001647 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1648
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001649
1650disabled
1651 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1652 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1653 yes | yes | yes | yes
1654 Arguments : none
1655
1656 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1657 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1658 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1659 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1660 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1661 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1662 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1663
1664 See also : "enabled"
1665
1666
1667enabled
1668 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1669 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1670 yes | yes | yes | yes
1671 Arguments : none
1672
1673 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1674 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1675
1676 See also : "disabled"
1677
1678
1679errorfile <code> <file>
1680 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1681 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1682 yes | yes | yes | yes
1683 Arguments :
1684 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1685 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1686
1687 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001688 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001689 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001690 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1691 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001692
1693 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1694 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1695 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1696
1697 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1698 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1699 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1700 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1701
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001702 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1703 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1704 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1705 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1706 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1707 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1708
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001709 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1710 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1711 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001712 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001713 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1714
1715 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1716
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001717 Example :
1718 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1719 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1720 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1721
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001722
1723errorloc <code> <url>
1724errorloc302 <code> <url>
1725 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1726 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1727 yes | yes | yes | yes
1728 Arguments :
1729 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1730 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1731
1732 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1733 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1734 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1735 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1736 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1737
1738 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1739 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1740 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1741
1742 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1743 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1744 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1745 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1746 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1747 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1748 request.
1749
1750 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1751
1752
1753errorloc303 <code> <url>
1754 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1755 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1756 yes | yes | yes | yes
1757 Arguments :
1758 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1759 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1760
1761 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1762 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1763 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1764 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1765 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1766
1767 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1768 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1769 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1770
1771 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1772 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1773 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1774 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001775 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001776
1777 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1778
1779
1780fullconn <conns>
1781 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1782 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1783 yes | no | yes | yes
1784 Arguments :
1785 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1786 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1787
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001788 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001789 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001790 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001791 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1792 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1793 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1794 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1795 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001796 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001797
1798 Example :
1799 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1800 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1801 # connections.
1802 backend dynamic
1803 fullconn 10000
1804 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1805 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1806
1807 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1808
1809
1810grace <time>
1811 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1812 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1813 no | yes | yes | yes
1814 Arguments :
1815 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1816 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1817 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1818
1819 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1820 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001821 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001822 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1823
1824 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1825 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1826 simplify it.
1827
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001828
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001829hash-type <method>
1830 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1831 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1832 yes | no | yes | yes
1833 Arguments :
1834 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1835 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1836 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1837 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1838 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1839 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1840 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1841 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1842 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1843
1844 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1845 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1846 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1847 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1848 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1849 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1850 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1851 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1852 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1853 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1854 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1855 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1856 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1857
1858 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1859
1860 See also : "balance", "server"
1861
1862
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001863http-check disable-on-404
1864 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1865 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001866 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001867 Arguments : none
1868
1869 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1870 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1871 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1872 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1873 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1874 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1875 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1876 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1877 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1878
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001879 See also : "option httpchk"
1880
1881
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001882id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001883 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1884 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1885 no | yes | yes | yes
1886 Arguments : none
1887
1888 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1889 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1890 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001891
1892
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001893log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001894log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001895 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1896 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1897 yes | yes | yes | yes
1898 Arguments :
1899 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1900 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1901 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1902 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1903 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1904 parameter.
1905
1906 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1907 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1908
1909 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1910 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1911 standard syslog port).
1912
1913 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1914 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1915 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1916 appropriately writeable).
1917
1918 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1919
1920 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1921 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1922 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1923
1924 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1925 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1926 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001927 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1928 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1929 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1930 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1931 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001932
1933 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1934
1935 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1936 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1937 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1938
1939 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001940 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1941 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1942 "info".
1943
1944 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1945 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1946 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1947 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1948
1949 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1950 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001951
1952 Example :
1953 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001954 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1955 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001956
1957
1958maxconn <conns>
1959 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1960 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1961 yes | yes | yes | no
1962 Arguments :
1963 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1964 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1965 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1966 closes.
1967
1968 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1969 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1970 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1971 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1972 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1973 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1974 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1975 properly tuned.
1976
1977 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1978 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1979 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1980
1981 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1982
1983
1984mode { tcp|http|health }
1985 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1986 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1987 yes | yes | yes | yes
1988 Arguments :
1989 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1990 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1991 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1992 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1993
1994 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1995 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1996 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1997 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1998 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1999
2000 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
2001 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
2002 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
2003 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
2004 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
2005 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
2006
2007 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
2008 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
2009 will be refused.
2010
2011 Example :
2012 defaults http_instances
2013 mode http
2014
2015 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
2016
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002017
2018monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002019 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002020 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2021 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002022 Arguments :
2023 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2024 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002025 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002026 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2027 backend and its backup.
2028
2029 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2030 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2031 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2032 servers in a list of backends.
2033
2034 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2035 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2036 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2037 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2038 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2039 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2040 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002041 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002042
2043 Example:
2044 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002045 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002046 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2047 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2048 monitor-uri /site_alive
2049 monitor fail if site_dead
2050
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002051 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2052
2053
2054monitor-net <source>
2055 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2057 yes | yes | yes | no
2058 Arguments :
2059 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2060 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2061 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2062 followed by a mask.
2063
2064 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2065 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002066 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002067 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2068
2069 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2070 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2071 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2072 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2073 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2074
2075 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2076 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2077 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2078 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2079 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2080
2081 Example :
2082 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2083 frontend www
2084 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2085
2086 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2087
2088
2089monitor-uri <uri>
2090 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2091 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2092 yes | yes | yes | no
2093 Arguments :
2094 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2095 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2096
2097 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2098 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2099 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2100 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2101 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2102 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2103 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2104 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2105
2106 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2107 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2108 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2109 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2110 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2111 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2112
2113 Example :
2114 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2115 frontend www
2116 mode http
2117 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2118
2119 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2120
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002121
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002122option abortonclose
2123no option abortonclose
2124 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2125 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2126 yes | no | yes | yes
2127 Arguments : none
2128
2129 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2130 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2131 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2132 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002133 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002134 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2135 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2136 encountered while delivering the response.
2137
2138 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2139 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2140 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2141 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2142 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2143 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002144 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002145 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002146 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002147 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2148 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2149 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2150
2151 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2152 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2153 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2154 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2155 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2156 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2157 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2158 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002159 reduces the response time for other users.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002160
2161 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2162 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2163
2164 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2165
2166
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002167option accept-invalid-http-request
2168no option accept-invalid-http-request
2169 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2170 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2171 yes | yes | yes | no
2172 Arguments : none
2173
2174 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2175 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2176 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2177 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2178 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2179 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2180 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2181 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2182 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2183
2184 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2185 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2186 been confirmed.
2187
2188 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2189 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2190 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2191 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2192
2193 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2194 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2195
2196 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2197 stats socket.
2198
2199
2200option accept-invalid-http-response
2201no option accept-invalid-http-response
2202 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2203 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2204 yes | no | yes | yes
2205 Arguments : none
2206
2207 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2208 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2209 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2210 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2211 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2212 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2213 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2214 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2215 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2216
2217 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2218 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2219 been confirmed.
2220
2221 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2222 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2223 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2224 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2225
2226 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2227 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2228
2229 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2230 stats socket.
2231
2232
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002233option allbackups
2234no option allbackups
2235 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2236 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2237 yes | no | yes | yes
2238 Arguments : none
2239
2240 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2241 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2242 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2243 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2244 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2245 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2246 order between the backup servers anymore.
2247
2248 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2249 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2250
2251 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2252 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2253
2254
2255option checkcache
2256no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002257 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002258 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2259 yes | no | yes | yes
2260 Arguments : none
2261
2262 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2263 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002264 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002265 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2266 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2267 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2268
2269 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002270 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002271 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002272 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2273 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002274 to the client are :
2275 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002276 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002277 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002278 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2279 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2280 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2281 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2282 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2283 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2284 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2285 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2286 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2287 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2288 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2289
2290 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002291 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002292 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002293 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002294 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2295
2296 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2297 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002298 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002299 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2300
2301 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2302 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2303
2304
2305option clitcpka
2306no option clitcpka
2307 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2308 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2309 yes | yes | yes | no
2310 Arguments : none
2311
2312 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2313 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2314 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2315 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2316
2317 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2318 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2319 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2320 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2321
2322 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2323 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2324 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2325 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2326 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2327
2328 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2329
2330 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2331 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2332 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2333
2334 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2335 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2336
2337 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2338
2339
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002340option contstats
2341 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2342 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2343 yes | yes | yes | no
2344 Arguments : none
2345
2346 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2347 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2348 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2349 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2350 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2351 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2352 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2353
2354
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002355option dontlog-normal
2356no option dontlog-normal
2357 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2358 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2359 yes | yes | yes | no
2360 Arguments : none
2361
2362 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2363 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2364 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2365 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2366 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2367 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2368 logged.
2369
2370 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2371 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2372 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2373
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002374 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002375 logging.
2376
2377
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002378option dontlognull
2379no option dontlognull
2380 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2381 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2382 yes | yes | yes | no
2383 Arguments : none
2384
2385 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2386 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2387 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2388 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2389 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2390 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2391 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2392
2393 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2394 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2395 would not be logged.
2396
2397 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2398 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2399
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002400 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002401
2402
2403option forceclose
2404no option forceclose
2405 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2406 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002407 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002408 Arguments : none
2409
2410 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2411 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2412 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2413 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2414 global session times in the logs.
2415
2416 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002417 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002418 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that
2419 this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which
2420 means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some
2421 resources earlier than with httpclose.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002422
2423 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2424 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2425
2426 See also : "option httpclose"
2427
2428
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002429option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002430 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2431 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2432 yes | yes | yes | yes
2433 Arguments :
2434 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2435 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002436 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002437 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002438
2439 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2440 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2441 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2442 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2443 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2444 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2445 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002446 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2447 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2448 possible that the client has already brought one.
2449
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002450 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002451 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002452 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2453 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002454 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2455 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002456
2457 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2458 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2459 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2460 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2461 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2462 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2463 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2464
2465 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002466 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2467 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2468 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002469
2470 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2471 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2472 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2473 when using this option.
2474
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002475 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002476 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2477 frontend www
2478 mode http
2479 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2480
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002481 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2482 backend www
2483 mode http
2484 option forwardfor header X-Client
2485
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002486 See also : "option httpclose"
2487
2488
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002489option httpchk
2490option httpchk <uri>
2491option httpchk <method> <uri>
2492option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2493 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2494 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2495 yes | no | yes | yes
2496 Arguments :
2497 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2498 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2499 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2500 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2501 ones.
2502
2503 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2504 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2505 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2506
2507 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2508 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2509 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2510 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2511 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2512
2513 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2514 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2515 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2516 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2517 the lack of any response.
2518
2519 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2520
2521 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2522 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2523 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2524
2525 Examples :
2526 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2527 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2528 backend https_relay
2529 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002530 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002531 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2532
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002533 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "option mysql-check",
2534 "http-check" and the "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002535
2536
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002537option http-server-close
2538no option http-server-close
2539 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2540 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2541 yes | yes | yes | yes
2542 Arguments : none
2543
2544 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2545 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2546 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2547 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2548 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2549 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2550 of RFC2616.
2551
2552 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2553 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2554 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2555 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01002556 timeout defined by "timeout http-keep-alive" or "timeout http-request" if
2557 not set.
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002558
2559 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2560 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002561 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option
2562 http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose"
2563 basically achieve the same result as "forceclose".
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002564
2565 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2566 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2567
2568 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2569
2570
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002571option httpclose
2572no option httpclose
2573 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2574 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2575 yes | yes | yes | yes
2576 Arguments : none
2577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002578 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002579 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2580 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2581 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2582 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2583 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2584 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2585 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2586 be removed.
2587
2588 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002589 close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2590 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens
2591 it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the
2592 request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also
2593 releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for
2594 the client to acknowledge it.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002595
2596 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2597 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2598 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002599 If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it
2600 basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose".
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002601
2602 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2603 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2604
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002605 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002606
2607
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002608option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002609 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2610 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2611 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002612 Arguments :
2613 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2614 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2615 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2616 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2617 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002618
2619 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2620 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2621 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2622 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2623 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2624 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2625 ports.
2626
2627 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2628
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002629 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2630 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2631 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2632 by default.
2633
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002634 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002635
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002636
2637option http_proxy
2638no option http_proxy
2639 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2640 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2641 yes | yes | yes | yes
2642 Arguments : none
2643
2644 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2645 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2646 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2647 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2648 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2649
2650 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2651 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2652 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2653 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2654 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2655 be analyzed.
2656
2657 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2658 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2659
2660 Example :
2661 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2662 backend direct_forward
2663 option httpclose
2664 option http_proxy
2665
2666 See also : "option httpclose"
2667
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002668
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002669option independant-streams
2670no option independant-streams
2671 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2672 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2673 yes | yes | yes | yes
2674 Arguments : none
2675
2676 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2677 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2678 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2679 receive data or not.
2680
2681 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2682 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2683 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2684 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2685 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2686 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2687 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2688 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2689 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2690 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2691 socket buffers.
2692
2693 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2694 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2695 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2696 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2697 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2698
2699 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2700
2701
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002702option log-health-checks
2703no option log-health-checks
2704 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2705 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2706 yes | no | yes | yes
2707 Arguments : none
2708
2709 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2710 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2711 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2712 of additional information is limited.
2713
2714 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2715 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2716
2717 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2718
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002719
2720option log-separate-errors
2721no option log-separate-errors
2722 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2723 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2724 yes | yes | yes | no
2725 Arguments : none
2726
2727 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2728 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2729 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2730 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2731 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2732 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2733 provides very important information.
2734
2735 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2736 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2737 error logs.
2738
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002739 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002740 logging.
2741
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002742
2743option logasap
2744no option logasap
2745 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2746 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2747 yes | yes | yes | no
2748 Arguments : none
2749
2750 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2751 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2752 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2753 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2754 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2755 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2756 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002757 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002758 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2759 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2760
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002761 Examples :
2762 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2763 mode http
2764 option httplog
2765 option logasap
2766 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2767
2768 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2769 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2770 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2771 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2772
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002773 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002774 logging.
2775
2776
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002777option mysql-check
2778 Use Mysql health checks for server testing
2779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2780 yes | no | yes | yes
2781 Arguments : none
2782
2783 The check consists in parsing Mysql Handshake Initialisation packet or Error
2784 packet, which is sent by MySQL server on connect. It is a basic but useful
2785 test which does not produce any logging on the server. However, it does not
2786 check database presence nor database consistency, nor user permission to
2787 access. To do this, you can use an external check with xinetd for example.
2788
2789 Most often, an incoming MySQL server needs to see the client's IP address for
2790 various purposes, including IP privilege matching and connection logging.
2791 When possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2792 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2793 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in, and the MySQL server
2794 to route the client via the machine hosting haproxy.
2795
2796 See also: "option httpchk"
2797
2798
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002799option nolinger
2800no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002801 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002802 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2803 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002804 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002805
2806 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2807 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2808 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2809 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2810 connections.
2811
2812 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2813 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2814 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2815 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2816 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2817 this too.
2818
2819 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2820 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2821 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2822
2823 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2824 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2825 for servers.
2826
2827 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2828 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2829
2830
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002831option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2832 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2833 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2834 yes | yes | yes | yes
2835 Arguments :
2836 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2837 matching <network>
2838 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2839 header name.
2840
2841 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2842 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2843 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2844 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2845 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2846 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2847 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2848 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2849 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2850 possible that the client has already brought one.
2851
2852 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2853 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2854 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2855 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2856 header and requires different one.
2857
2858 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2859 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2860 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2861 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2862 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2863 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2864 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2865
2866 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2867 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2868 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2869 both are defined.
2870
2871 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2872 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2873 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2874 when using this option.
2875
2876 Examples :
2877 # Original Destination address
2878 frontend www
2879 mode http
2880 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2881
2882 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2883 backend www
2884 mode http
2885 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2886
2887 See also : "option httpclose"
2888
2889
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002890option persist
2891no option persist
2892 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2893 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2894 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002895 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002896
2897 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2898 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2899 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2900 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2901 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2902 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2903 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2904 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2905 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2906 redirected to another valid server.
2907
2908 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2909 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2910
2911 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2912
2913
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002914option redispatch
2915no option redispatch
2916 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2917 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2918 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002919 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002920
2921 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2922 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2923 be able to access the service anymore.
2924
2925 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2926 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2927
2928 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2929 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2930 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002931
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002932 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2933 "redisp" keywords.
2934
2935 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2936 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2937
2938 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2939
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002940
2941option smtpchk
2942option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2943 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2944 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2945 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002946 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002947 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2948 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2949 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2950
2951 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2952 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2953 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2954
2955 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2956 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2957 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2958 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2959 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2960 dead server.
2961
2962 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2963 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2964 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2965 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2966
2967 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2968 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2969 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2970 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2971 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2972
2973 Example :
2974 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2975
2976 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2977
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002978
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002979option socket-stats
2980no option socket-stats
2981
2982 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2983 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2984 yes | yes | yes | no
2985
2986 Arguments : none
2987
2988
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002989option splice-auto
2990no option splice-auto
2991 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2992 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2993 yes | yes | yes | yes
2994 Arguments : none
2995
2996 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2997 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2998 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2999 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003000 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01003001 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
3002 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
3003 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
3004 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3005
3006 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
3007 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
3008 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
3009 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
3010 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
3011 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
3012 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
3013 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
3014 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
3015 keyword.
3016
3017 Example :
3018 option splice-auto
3019
3020 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3021 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3022
3023 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
3024 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3025
3026
3027option splice-request
3028no option splice-request
3029 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
3030 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3031 yes | yes | yes | yes
3032 Arguments : none
3033
3034 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3035 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3036 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3037 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3038 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3039 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3040
3041 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3042
3043 Example :
3044 option splice-request
3045
3046 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3047 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3048
3049 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3050 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3051
3052
3053option splice-response
3054no option splice-response
3055 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3057 yes | yes | yes | yes
3058 Arguments : none
3059
3060 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3061 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3062 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3063 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3064 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3065 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3066
3067 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3068
3069 Example :
3070 option splice-response
3071
3072 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3073 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3074
3075 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3076 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3077
3078
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003079option srvtcpka
3080no option srvtcpka
3081 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3082 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3083 yes | no | yes | yes
3084 Arguments : none
3085
3086 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3087 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3088 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3089 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3090
3091 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3092 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3093 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3094 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3095
3096 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3097 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3098 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3099 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3100 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3101
3102 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3103
3104 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3105 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3106 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3107
3108 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3109 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3110
3111 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3112
3113
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003114option ssl-hello-chk
3115 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3116 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3117 yes | no | yes | yes
3118 Arguments : none
3119
3120 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3121 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3122 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3123 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3124 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3125 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3126 hello message.
3127
3128 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3129 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3130 messages, which is appreciable.
3131
3132 See also: "option httpchk"
3133
3134
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003135option tcp-smart-accept
3136no option tcp-smart-accept
3137 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3138 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3139 yes | yes | yes | no
3140 Arguments : none
3141
3142 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3143 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3144 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3145 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3146 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3147 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3148
3149 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3150 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3151 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3152 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3153
3154 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3155 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3156 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3157 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3158
3159 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3160 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3161 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3162
3163 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3164 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3165 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3166
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003167 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3168
3169
3170option tcp-smart-connect
3171no option tcp-smart-connect
3172 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3174 yes | no | yes | yes
3175 Arguments : none
3176
3177 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3178 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3179 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3180 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3181 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3182
3183 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3184 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3185 complex.
3186
3187 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3188 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3189 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3190
3191 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3192 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3193
3194 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3195
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003196
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003197option tcpka
3198 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3199 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3200 yes | yes | yes | yes
3201 Arguments : none
3202
3203 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3204 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3205 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3206 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3207
3208 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3209 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3210 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3211 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3212
3213 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3214 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3215 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3216 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3217 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3218
3219 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3220
3221 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3222 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3223 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3224 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3225 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3226 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3227 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3228 backends.
3229
3230 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3231
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003232
3233option tcplog
3234 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3235 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3236 yes | yes | yes | yes
3237 Arguments : none
3238
3239 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3240 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3241 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3242 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3243 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3244 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3245 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3246 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3247
3248 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3249
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003250 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003251
3252
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003253option transparent
3254no option transparent
3255 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3256 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003257 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003258 Arguments : none
3259
3260 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3261 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3262 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3263 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3264 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3265 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3266 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3267 appropriate server.
3268
3269 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3270 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3271
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003272 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3273 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003274
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003275
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003276persist rdp-cookie
3277persist rdp-cookie(name)
3278 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3279 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3280 yes | no | yes | yes
3281 Arguments :
3282 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3283 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3284 no valid reason to change this name.
3285
3286 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3287 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3288 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3289 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3290 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3291 forwarded to this server.
3292
3293 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3294 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3295 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003296 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003297 a single "listen" section.
3298
3299 Example :
3300 listen tse-farm
3301 bind :3389
3302 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3303 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3304 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3305 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3306 persist rdp-cookie
3307 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3308 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3309 balance rdp-cookie
3310 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3311 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3312
3313 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3314
3315
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003316rate-limit sessions <rate>
3317 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3318 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3319 yes | yes | yes | no
3320 Arguments :
3321 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3322 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3323
3324 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3325 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3326 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3327 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3328 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3329 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3330
3331 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3332 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3333 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3334 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3335
3336 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3337 listen smtp
3338 mode tcp
3339 bind :25
3340 rate-limit sessions 10
3341 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3342
3343 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3344 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3345
3346 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3347
3348
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003349redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3350redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003351 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3352 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3353 no | yes | yes | yes
3354
3355 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003356 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003357
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003358 Arguments :
3359 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3360 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3361 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3362 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003363 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3364 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3365 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3366 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003367
3368 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3369 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3370 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3371 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3372 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3373 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3374 location with a GET method.
3375
3376 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3377 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3378
3379 - "drop-query"
3380 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3381 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3382 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3383 with a location-type redirect.
3384
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003385 - "append-slash"
3386 This keyword may be used in conjunction with "drop-query" to redirect
3387 users who use a URL not ending with a '/' to the same one with the '/'.
3388 It can be useful to ensure that search engines will only see one URL.
3389 For this, a return code 301 is preferred.
3390
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003391 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3392 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3393 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3394 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3395 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3396 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3397 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3398
3399 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3400 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3401 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3402 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3403 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3404 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3405 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003406
3407 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3408 acl clear dst_port 80
3409 acl secure dst_port 8080
3410 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003411 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003412 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003413 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3414
3415 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003416 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3417 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3418 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003419 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003420
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003421 Example: send redirects for request for articles without a '/'.
3422 acl missing_slash path_reg ^/article/[^/]*$
3423 redirect code 301 prefix / drop-query append-slash if missing_slash
3424
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003425 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003426
3427
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003428redisp (deprecated)
3429redispatch (deprecated)
3430 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3431 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3432 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003433 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003434
3435 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3436 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3437 be able to access the service anymore.
3438
3439 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3440 redistribute them to a working server.
3441
3442 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3443 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3444 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003445
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003446 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3447 "option redispatch" instead.
3448
3449 See also : "option redispatch"
3450
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003451
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003452reqadd <string>
3453 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3454 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3455 no | yes | yes | yes
3456 Arguments :
3457 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3458 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003459 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003460
3461 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3462 the last header of an HTTP request.
3463
3464 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3465 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3466 responses.
3467
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003468 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003469
3470
3471reqallow <search>
3472reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3473 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3475 no | yes | yes | yes
3476 Arguments :
3477 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3478 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3479 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3480 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3481 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3482 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3483 ignores case.
3484
3485 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3486 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3487 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3488 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003489 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003490
3491 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3492 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3493
3494 Example :
3495 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3496 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3497 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3498
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003499 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003500 manipulation
3501
3502
3503reqdel <search>
3504reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3505 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3506 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3507 no | yes | yes | yes
3508 Arguments :
3509 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3510 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3511 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3512 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3513 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3514 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3515
3516 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3517 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3518 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3519 next servers.
3520
3521 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3522 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3523 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3524
3525 Example :
3526 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3527 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3528 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3529
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003530 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003531 manipulation
3532
3533
3534reqdeny <search>
3535reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3536 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3537 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3538 no | yes | yes | yes
3539 Arguments :
3540 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3541 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3542 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3543 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3544 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3545 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3546 case.
3547
3548 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3549 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3550 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3551 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003552 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003553
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003554 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003555 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003556 using ACLs.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003557
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003558 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3559 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3560
3561 Example :
3562 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3563 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3564 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3565
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003566 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003567 header manipulation
3568
3569
3570reqpass <search>
3571reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3572 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3573 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3574 no | yes | yes | yes
3575 Arguments :
3576 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3577 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3578 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3579 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3580 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3581 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3582 case.
3583
3584 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3585 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3586 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3587 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3588
3589 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3590 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3591
3592 Example :
3593 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3594 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3595 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3596 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3597
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003598 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003599 header manipulation
3600
3601
3602reqrep <search> <string>
3603reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3604 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3605 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3606 no | yes | yes | yes
3607 Arguments :
3608 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3609 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3610 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3611 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3612 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3613 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3614
3615 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3616 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3617 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3618 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003619 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003620
3621 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3622 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3623 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3624
3625 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3626 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3627 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3628 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3629 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3630
3631 Example :
3632 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3633 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3634 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3635 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3636
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003637 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003638 manipulation
3639
3640
3641reqtarpit <search>
3642reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3643 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3644 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3645 no | yes | yes | yes
3646 Arguments :
3647 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3648 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3649 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3650 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3651 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3652 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3653 ignores case.
3654
3655 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3656 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003657 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3658 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3659 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003660 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3661 not set.
3662
3663 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3664 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3665 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3666 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3667 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3668
3669 Example :
3670 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3671 # block all others.
3672 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3673 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3674
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003675 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003676 manipulation
3677
3678
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003679retries <value>
3680 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3681 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3682 yes | no | yes | yes
3683 Arguments :
3684 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3685 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3686 default value is 3.
3687
3688 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3689 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3690 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3691
3692 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3693 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3694
3695 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3696 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3697
3698 See also : "option redispatch"
3699
3700
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003701rspadd <string>
3702 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3704 no | yes | yes | yes
3705 Arguments :
3706 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3707 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003708 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003709
3710 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3711 the last header of an HTTP response.
3712
3713 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3714 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3715 responses.
3716
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003717 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003718
3719
3720rspdel <search>
3721rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3722 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3723 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3724 no | yes | yes | yes
3725 Arguments :
3726 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3727 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3728 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3729 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3730 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3731 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3732 ignores case.
3733
3734 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3735 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3736 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3737 client.
3738
3739 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3740 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3741 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3742
3743 Example :
3744 # remove the Server header from responses
3745 reqidel ^Server:.*
3746
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003747 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003748 manipulation
3749
3750
3751rspdeny <search>
3752rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3753 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3754 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3755 no | yes | yes | yes
3756 Arguments :
3757 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3758 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3759 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3760 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3761 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3762 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3763 ignores case.
3764
3765 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3766 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3767 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3768 case-sensitive.
3769
3770 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003771 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3772 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3773 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003774
3775 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3776 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3777
3778 Example :
3779 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3780 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3781
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003782 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003783 manipulation
3784
3785
3786rsprep <search> <string>
3787rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3788 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3789 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3790 no | yes | yes | yes
3791 Arguments :
3792 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3793 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3794 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3795 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3796 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3797 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3798 ignores case.
3799
3800 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3801 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3802 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3803 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003804 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003805
3806 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3807 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3808 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3809
3810 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3811 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3812 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3813 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3814 are not case-sensitive.
3815
3816 Example :
3817 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3818 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3819
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003820 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003821 manipulation
3822
3823
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003824server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3825 Declare a server in a backend
3826 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3827 no | no | yes | yes
3828 Arguments :
3829 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3830 appear in logs and alerts.
3831
3832 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3833 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3834 start-up.
3835
3836 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3837 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3838 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3839 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3840 adding this value to the client's port.
3841
3842 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3843 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003844 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003845
3846 Examples :
3847 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3848 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3849
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01003850 See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003851
3852
3853source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003854source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003855 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3856 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3857 yes | no | yes | yes
3858 Arguments :
3859 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3860 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3861 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3862 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3863
3864 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3865 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003866 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3867 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3868 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003869
3870 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3871 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3872 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3873 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3874 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3875 <addr>.
3876
3877 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3878 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3879 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3880 port.
3881
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003882 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3883 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3884 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3885 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3886 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3887 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3888
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003889 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3890 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3891 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3892 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3893
3894 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3895 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3896 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3897 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3898 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3899 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3900
3901 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3902 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3903 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3904 there are two methods :
3905
3906 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3907 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3908 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3909 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3910 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3911 of the client ranges may be used.
3912
3913 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3914 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3915 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3916 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3917 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3918 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3919 same session.
3920
3921 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3922 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3923 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3924 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3925 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3926 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3927
3928 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3929 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3930 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003931 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003932
3933 Examples :
3934 backend private
3935 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3936 source 192.168.1.200
3937
3938 backend transparent_ssl1
3939 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3940 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3941
3942 backend transparent_ssl2
3943 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3944 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3945 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3946
3947 backend transparent_ssl3
3948 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3949 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3950 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3951
3952 backend transparent_smtp
3953 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3954 # with Tproxy version 4.
3955 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3956
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003957 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003958 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3959
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003960
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003961srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3962 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3963 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3964 yes | no | yes | yes
3965 Arguments :
3966 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3967 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3968 as explained at the top of this document.
3969
3970 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3971 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3972 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3973 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3974 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3975 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3976 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3977
3978 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3979 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3980 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3981 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3982 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003983 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003984 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003985 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003986
3987 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3988 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3989 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3990 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3991 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3992 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3993
3994 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3995 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3996
3997 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3998
3999
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004000stats auth <user>:<passwd>
4001 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
4002 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4003 yes | no | yes | yes
4004 Arguments :
4005 <user> is a user name to grant access to
4006
4007 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
4008
4009 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
4010 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
4011 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
4012 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
4013 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
4014 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
4015
4016 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
4017 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
4018 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
4019 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
4020
4021 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
4022 report using "stats scope".
4023
4024 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4025 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4026 unobvious parameters.
4027
4028 Example :
4029 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4030 backend public_www
4031 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4032 stats enable
4033 stats hide-version
4034 stats scope .
4035 stats uri /admin?stats
4036 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4037 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4038 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4039
4040 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4041 backend private_monitoring
4042 stats enable
4043 stats uri /admin?stats
4044 stats refresh 5s
4045
4046 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
4047
4048
4049stats enable
4050 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
4051 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4052 yes | no | yes | yes
4053 Arguments : none
4054
4055 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
4056 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
4057 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
4058 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
4059 - stats auth : no authentication
4060 - stats scope : no restriction
4061
4062 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4063 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4064 unobvious parameters.
4065
4066 Example :
4067 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4068 backend public_www
4069 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4070 stats enable
4071 stats hide-version
4072 stats scope .
4073 stats uri /admin?stats
4074 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4075 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4076 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4077
4078 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4079 backend private_monitoring
4080 stats enable
4081 stats uri /admin?stats
4082 stats refresh 5s
4083
4084 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4085
4086
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004087stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004088 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4089 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4090 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004091 Arguments:
4092 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4093 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004094
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004095 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4096 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4097 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004098
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004099 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4100 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4101 unobvious parameters.
4102
4103 Example:
4104 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4105 backend private_monitoring
4106 stats enable
4107 stats show-node Europe-1
4108 stats uri /admin?stats
4109 stats refresh 5s
4110
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004111 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global
4112 section.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004113
4114
4115stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4116 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4117 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4118 yes | no | yes | yes
4119
4120 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4121 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4122
4123 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4124 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004125
4126 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4127 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4128 unobvious parameters.
4129
4130 Example :
4131 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4132 backend private_monitoring
4133 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004134 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004135 stats uri /admin?stats
4136 stats refresh 5s
4137
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004138 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in
4139 global section.
4140
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004141
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki15514c22010-01-04 16:03:09 +01004142stats show-legends
4143 Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page :
4144 - cap: capabilities (proxy)
4145 - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy)
4146 - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server)
4147 - IP (socket, server)
4148 - cookie (backend, server)
4149
4150 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4151 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4152 unobvious parameters.
4153
4154 See also: "stats enable", "stats uri".
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004155
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004156
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004157stats realm <realm>
4158 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4159 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4160 yes | no | yes | yes
4161 Arguments :
4162 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4163 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4164 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4165
4166 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4167 using a backslash ('\').
4168
4169 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4170 only related to authentication.
4171
4172 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4173 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4174 unobvious parameters.
4175
4176 Example :
4177 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4178 backend public_www
4179 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4180 stats enable
4181 stats hide-version
4182 stats scope .
4183 stats uri /admin?stats
4184 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4185 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4186 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4187
4188 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4189 backend private_monitoring
4190 stats enable
4191 stats uri /admin?stats
4192 stats refresh 5s
4193
4194 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4195
4196
4197stats refresh <delay>
4198 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4199 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4200 yes | no | yes | yes
4201 Arguments :
4202 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4203 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4204 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4205 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4206 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4207 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4208
4209 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4210 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4211 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4212 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4213
4214 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4215 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4216 unobvious parameters.
4217
4218 Example :
4219 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4220 backend public_www
4221 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4222 stats enable
4223 stats hide-version
4224 stats scope .
4225 stats uri /admin?stats
4226 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4227 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4228 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4229
4230 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4231 backend private_monitoring
4232 stats enable
4233 stats uri /admin?stats
4234 stats refresh 5s
4235
4236 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4237
4238
4239stats scope { <name> | "." }
4240 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4241 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4242 yes | no | yes | yes
4243 Arguments :
4244 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4245 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4246 section in which the statement appears.
4247
4248 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4249 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4250 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4251 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4252 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4253 exists.
4254
4255 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4256 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4257 unobvious parameters.
4258
4259 Example :
4260 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4261 backend public_www
4262 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4263 stats enable
4264 stats hide-version
4265 stats scope .
4266 stats uri /admin?stats
4267 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4268 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4269 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4270
4271 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4272 backend private_monitoring
4273 stats enable
4274 stats uri /admin?stats
4275 stats refresh 5s
4276
4277 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4278
4279
4280stats uri <prefix>
4281 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4282 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4283 yes | no | yes | yes
4284 Arguments :
4285 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4286 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4287 query string.
4288
4289 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4290 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4291 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4292 possible to reach it in the application.
4293
4294 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004295 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004296 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4297 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4298 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4299 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4300
4301 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4302 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4303 an address or a port to statistics only.
4304
4305 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4306 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4307 unobvious parameters.
4308
4309 Example :
4310 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4311 backend public_www
4312 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4313 stats enable
4314 stats hide-version
4315 stats scope .
4316 stats uri /admin?stats
4317 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4318 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4319 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4320
4321 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4322 backend private_monitoring
4323 stats enable
4324 stats uri /admin?stats
4325 stats refresh 5s
4326
4327 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4328
4329
4330stats hide-version
4331 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4332 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4333 yes | no | yes | yes
4334 Arguments : none
4335
4336 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4337 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4338 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4339 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4340 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4341 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4342
4343 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4344 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4345 unobvious parameters.
4346
4347 Example :
4348 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4349 backend public_www
4350 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4351 stats enable
4352 stats hide-version
4353 stats scope .
4354 stats uri /admin?stats
4355 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4356 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4357 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4358
4359 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4360 backend private_monitoring
4361 stats enable
4362 stats uri /admin?stats
4363 stats refresh 5s
4364
4365 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4366
4367
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +01004368stick match <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <cond>]
4369 Define a request pattern matching condition to stick a user to a server
4370 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4371 no | no | yes | yes
4372
4373 Arguments :
4374 <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It
4375 describes what elements of the incoming request or connection
4376 will be analysed in the hope to find a matching entry in a
4377 stickiness table. This rule is mandatory.
4378
4379 <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same
4380 backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using
4381 the "stick-table" statement.
4382
4383 <cond> is an optional matching condition. It makes it possible to match
4384 on a certain criterion only when other conditions are met (or
4385 not met). For instance, it could be used to match on a source IP
4386 address except when a request passes through a known proxy, in
4387 which case we'd match on a header containing that IP address.
4388
4389 Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot
4390 always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick match" statement
4391 describes a rule to extract the stickiness criterion from an incoming request
4392 or connection. See section 7 for a complete list of possible patterns and
4393 transformation rules.
4394
4395 The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of
4396 a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present
4397 in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by
4398 referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced,
4399 the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs
4400 start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of
4401 doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting.
4402
4403 It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick match" statement
4404 will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. See section 7 for
4405 ACL based conditions.
4406
4407 There is no limit on the number of "stick match" statements. The first that
4408 applies and matches will cause the request to be directed to the same server
4409 as was used for the request which created the entry. That way, multiple
4410 matches can be used as fallbacks.
4411
4412 The stick rules are checked after the persistence cookies, so they will not
4413 affect stickiness if a cookie has already been used to select a server. That
4414 way, it becomes very easy to insert cookies and match on IP addresses in
4415 order to maintain stickiness between HTTP and HTTPS.
4416
4417 Example :
4418 # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the
4419 # last 30 minutes
4420 backend pop
4421 mode tcp
4422 balance roundrobin
4423 stick store-request src
4424 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4425 server s1 192.168.1.1:110
4426 server s2 192.168.1.1:110
4427
4428 backend smtp
4429 mode tcp
4430 balance roundrobin
4431 stick match src table pop
4432 server s1 192.168.1.1:25
4433 server s2 192.168.1.1:25
4434
4435 See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern
4436 extraction.
4437
4438
4439stick on <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>]
4440 Define a request pattern to associate a user to a server
4441 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4442 no | no | yes | yes
4443
4444 Note : This form is exactly equivalent to "stick match" followed by
4445 "stick store-request", all with the same arguments. Please refer
4446 to both keywords for details. It is only provided as a convenience
4447 for writing more maintainable configurations.
4448
4449 Examples :
4450 # The following form ...
4451 stick or src table pop if !localhost
4452
4453 # ...is strictly equivalent to this one :
4454 stick match src table pop if !localhost
4455 stick store-request src table pop if !localhost
4456
4457
4458 # Use cookie persistence for HTTP, and stick on source address for HTTPS as
4459 # well as HTTP without cookie. Share the same table between both accesses.
4460 backend http
4461 mode http
4462 balance roundrobin
4463 stick on src table https
4464 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
4465 server s1 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s1
4466 server s2 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s2
4467
4468 backend https
4469 mode tcp
4470 balance roundrobin
4471 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4472 stick on src
4473 server s1 192.168.1.1:443
4474 server s2 192.168.1.1:443
4475
4476 See also : "stick match" and "stick store-request"
4477
4478
4479stick store-request <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>]
4480 Define a request pattern used to create an entry in a stickiness table
4481 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4482 no | no | yes | yes
4483
4484 Arguments :
4485 <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It
4486 describes what elements of the incoming request or connection
4487 will be analysed, extracted and stored in the table once a
4488 server is selected.
4489
4490 <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same
4491 backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using
4492 the "stick-table" statement.
4493
4494 <cond> is an optional storage condition. It makes it possible to store
4495 certain criteria only when some conditions are met (or not met).
4496 For instance, it could be used to store the source IP address
4497 except when the request passes through a known proxy, in which
4498 case we'd store a converted form of a header containing that IP
4499 address.
4500
4501 Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot
4502 always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick store-request" statement
4503 describes a rule to decide what to extract from the request and when to do
4504 it, in order to store it into a stickiness table for further requests to
4505 match it using the "stick match" statement. Obviously the extracted part must
4506 make sense and have a chance to be matched in a further request. Storing a
4507 client's IP address for instance often makes sense. Storing an ID found in a
4508 URL parameter also makes sense. Storing a source port will almost never make
4509 any sense because it will be randomly matched. See section 7 for a complete
4510 list of possible patterns and transformation rules.
4511
4512 The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of
4513 a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present
4514 in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by
4515 referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced,
4516 the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs
4517 start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of
4518 doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting.
4519
4520 It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick store-request"
4521 statement will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. This
4522 condition will be evaluated while parsing the request, so any criteria can be
4523 used. See section 7 for ACL based conditions.
4524
4525 There is no limit on the number of "stick store-request" statements, but
4526 there is a limit of 8 simultaneous stores per request or response. This
4527 makes it possible to store up to 8 criteria, all extracted from either the
4528 request or the response, regardless of the number of rules. Only the 8 first
4529 ones which match will be kept. Using this, it is possible to feed multiple
4530 tables at once in the hope to increase the chance to recognize a user on
4531 another protocol or access method.
4532
4533 The "store-request" rules are evaluated once the server connection has been
4534 established, so that the table will contain the real server that processed
4535 the request.
4536
4537 Example :
4538 # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the
4539 # last 30 minutes
4540 backend pop
4541 mode tcp
4542 balance roundrobin
4543 stick store-request src
4544 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4545 server s1 192.168.1.1:110
4546 server s2 192.168.1.1:110
4547
4548 backend smtp
4549 mode tcp
4550 balance roundrobin
4551 stick match src table pop
4552 server s1 192.168.1.1:25
4553 server s2 192.168.1.1:25
4554
4555 See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern
4556 extraction.
4557
4558
4559stick-table type {ip | integer | string [len <length>] } size <size>
4560 [expire <expire>] [nopurge]
4561 Configure the stickiness table for the current backend
4562 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4563 no | no | yes | yes
4564
4565 Arguments :
4566 ip a table declared with "type ip" will only store IPv4 addresses.
4567 This form is very compact (about 50 bytes per entry) and allows
4568 very fast entry lookup and stores with almost no overhead. This
4569 is mainly used to store client source IP addresses.
4570
4571 integer a table declared with "type integer" will store 32bit integers
4572 which can represent a client identifier found in a request for
4573 instance.
4574
4575 string a table declared with "type string" will store substrings of up
4576 to <len> characters. If the string provided by the pattern
4577 extractor is larger than <len>, it will be truncated before
4578 being stored. During matching, at most <len> characters will be
4579 compared between the string in the table and the extracted
4580 pattern. When not specified, the string is automatically limited
4581 to 31 characters.
4582
4583 <length> is the maximum number of characters that will be stored in a
4584 "string" type table. See type "string" above. Be careful when
4585 changing this parameter as memory usage will proportionally
4586 increase.
4587
4588 <size> is the maximum number of entries that can fit in the table. This
4589 value directly impats memory usage. Count approximately 50 bytes
4590 per entry, plus the size of a string if any. The size supports
4591 suffixes "k", "m", "g" for 2^10, 2^20 and 2^30 factors.
4592
4593 [nopurge] indicates that we refuse to purge older entries when the table
4594 is full. When not specified and the table is full when haproxy
4595 wants to store an entry in it, it will flush a few of the oldest
4596 entries in order to release some space for the new ones. This is
4597 most often the desired behaviour. In some specific cases, it
4598 be desirable to refuse new entries instead of purging the older
4599 ones. That may be the case when the amount of data to store is
4600 far above the hardware limits and we prefer not to offer access
4601 to new clients than to reject the ones already connected. When
4602 using this parameter, be sure to properly set the "expire"
4603 parameter (see below).
4604
4605 <expire> defines the maximum duration of an entry in the table since it
4606 was last created, refreshed or matched. The expiration delay is
4607 defined using the standard time format, similarly as the various
4608 timeouts. The maximum duration is slightly above 24 days. See
4609 section 2.2 for more information. If this delay is not specified,
4610 the session won't automatically expire, but older entries will
4611 be removed once full. Be sure not to use the "nopurge" parameter
4612 if not expiration delay is specified.
4613
4614 The is only one stick-table per backend. At the moment of writing this doc,
4615 it does not seem useful to have multiple tables per backend. If this happens
4616 to be required, simply create a dummy backend with a stick-table in it and
4617 reference it.
4618
4619 It is important to understand that stickiness based on learning information
4620 has some limitations, including the fact that all learned associations are
4621 lost upon restart. In general it can be good as a complement but not always
4622 as an exclusive stickiness.
4623
4624 See also : "stick match", "stick on", "stick store-request", and section 2.2
4625 about time format.
4626
4627
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004628tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4629 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4630 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4631 no | yes | yes | no
4632
4633 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4634 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4635 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4636 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4637 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4638 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4639 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4640 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4641
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004642 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004643 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4644
4645 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4646 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4647 "reject" statement.
4648
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004649 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004650
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004651 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004652
4653
4654tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4655 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4656 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4657 no | yes | yes | no
4658
4659 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4660 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4661 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4662 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4663 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4664 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4665 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4666 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4667
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004668 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004669 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4670
4671 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4672 "accept".
4673
4674 Example:
4675 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4676 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4677 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4678 tcp-request reject if content_present
4679
4680 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4681 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4682 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4683 tcp-request accept if content_present
4684 tcp-request reject
4685
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004686 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004687
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004688 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004689
4690
4691tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4692 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4693 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4694 no | yes | yes | no
4695 Arguments :
4696 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4697 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4698 as explained at the top of this document.
4699
4700 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4701 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4702 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4703 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4704 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4705
4706 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4707 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004708 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004709 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004710 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4711 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4712 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4713 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004714
4715 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4716 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4717 it pass through unaffected.
4718
4719 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4720 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4721 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004722 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004723 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4724 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4725 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4726
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004727 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004728 "timeout client".
4729
4730
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004731timeout check <timeout>
4732 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4733 established.
4734
4735 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4736 yes | no | yes | yes
4737 Arguments:
4738 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4739 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4740 as explained at the top of this document.
4741
4742 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4743 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4744 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4745 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4746 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4747 long "timeout connect".
4748
4749 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4750 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4751
4752 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4753 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004754 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004755
4756 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4757 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4758 forget about it.
4759
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004760 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4761 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004762
4763
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004764timeout client <timeout>
4765timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4766 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4767 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4768 yes | yes | yes | no
4769 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004770 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004771 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4772 as explained at the top of this document.
4773
4774 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4775 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4776 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4777 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4778 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4779 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4780 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4781 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004782 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004783 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4784 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4785
4786 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4787 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4788 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4789 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4790 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4791 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4792
4793 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4794 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4795 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4796
4797 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4798
4799
4800timeout connect <timeout>
4801timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4802 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4803 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4804 yes | no | yes | yes
4805 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004806 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004807 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4808 as explained at the top of this document.
4809
4810 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004811 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004812 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004813 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004814 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4815 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004816
4817 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4818 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4819 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4820 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4821 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4822 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4823
4824 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4825 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4826 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4827
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004828 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4829 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004830
4831
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004832timeout http-keep-alive <timeout>
4833 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear
4834 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4835 yes | yes | yes | yes
4836 Arguments :
4837 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4838 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4839 as explained at the top of this document.
4840
4841 By default, the time to wait for a new request in case of keep-alive is set
4842 by "timeout http-request". However this is not always convenient because some
4843 people want very short keep-alive timeouts in order to release connections
4844 faster, and others prefer to have larger ones but still have short timeouts
4845 once the request has started to present itself.
4846
4847 The "http-keep-alive" timeout covers these needs. It will define how long to
4848 wait for a new HTTP request to start coming after a response was sent. Once
4849 the first byte of request has been seen, the "http-request" timeout is used
4850 to wait for the complete request to come. Note that empty lines prior to a
4851 new request do not refresh the timeout and are not counted as a new request.
4852
4853 There is also another difference between the two timeouts : when a connection
4854 expires during timeout http-keep-alive, no error is returned, the connection
4855 just closes. If the connection expires in "http-request" while waiting for a
4856 connection to complete, a HTTP 408 error is returned.
4857
4858 In general it is optimal to set this value to a few tens to hundreds of
4859 milliseconds, to allow users to fetch all objects of a page at once but
4860 without waiting for further clicks. Also, if set to a very small value (eg:
4861 1 millisecond) it will probably only accept pipelined requests but not the
4862 non-pipelined ones. It may be a nice trade-off for very large sites running
4863 with tends to hundreds of thousands of clients.
4864
4865 If this parameter is not set, the "http-request" timeout applies, and if both
4866 are not set, "timeout client" still applies at the lower level. It should be
4867 set in the frontend to take effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in
4868 which case the HTTP backend's timeout will be used.
4869
4870 See also : "timeout http-request", "timeout client".
4871
4872
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004873timeout http-request <timeout>
4874 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4875 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004876 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004877 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004878 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004879 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4880 as explained at the top of this document.
4881
4882 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4883 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4884 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4885 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4886 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4887 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4888 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4889 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4890
4891 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4892 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004893 used anymore. It is used again on keep-alive connections to wait for a second
4894 request if "timeout http-keep-alive" is not set.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004895
4896 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4897 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4898 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4899 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4900 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4901
4902 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004903 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4904 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4905 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004906
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004907 See also : "timeout http-keep-alive", "timeout client".
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004908
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004909
4910timeout queue <timeout>
4911 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4912 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4913 yes | no | yes | yes
4914 Arguments :
4915 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4916 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4917 as explained at the top of this document.
4918
4919 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4920 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4921 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4922 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4923 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4924
4925 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4926 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4927 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4928 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4929
4930 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4931
4932
4933timeout server <timeout>
4934timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4935 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4936 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4937 yes | no | yes | yes
4938 Arguments :
4939 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4940 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4941 as explained at the top of this document.
4942
4943 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4944 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4945 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4946 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4947 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4948 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4949 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4950
4951 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4952 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4953 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4954 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4955 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004956 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004957 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004958 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004959
4960 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4961 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4962 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4963 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4964 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4965 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4966
4967 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4968 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4969 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4970
4971 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4972
4973
4974timeout tarpit <timeout>
4975 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4976 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4977 yes | yes | yes | yes
4978 Arguments :
4979 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4980 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4981 as explained at the top of this document.
4982
4983 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4984 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4985 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4986
4987 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4988 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4989 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4990 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004991 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004992
4993 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4994
4995
4996transparent (deprecated)
4997 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4998 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004999 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005000 Arguments : none
5001
5002 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
5003 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
5004 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
5005 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
5006 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
5007 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
5008 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
5009 appropriate server.
5010
5011 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
5012
5013 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
5014 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
5015
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005016 See also: "option transparent"
5017
5018
5019use_backend <backend> if <condition>
5020use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005021 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005022 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5023 no | yes | yes | no
5024 Arguments :
5025 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
5026
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005027 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005028
5029 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
5030 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
5031 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005032 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
5033 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
5034 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
5035 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005036
5037 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
5038 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
5039 assign the backend.
5040
5041 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
5042 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
5043 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
5044 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
5045 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
5046 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
5047
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02005048 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005049 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02005050 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
5051 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
5052 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
5053
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005054 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005055
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005056
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +010050575. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005058-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005059
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01005060The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings
5061which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those
5062arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those
5063settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values
5064after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name.
5065Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's
5066address if they are used:
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005067
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005068 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01005069 default-server [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005070
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005071The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005072
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005073addr <ipv4>
5074 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
5075 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
5076 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
5077 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
5078 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005079
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005080 Supported in default-server: No
5081
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005082backup
5083 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
5084 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
5085 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
5086 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
5087 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
5088 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005089
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005090 Supported in default-server: No
5091
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005092check
5093 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
5094 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
5095 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
5096 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
5097 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
5098 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
5099 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
5100 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
5101 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01005102 "mysql-check" and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and
5103 parameters for more information.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005104
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005105 Supported in default-server: No
5106
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005107cookie <value>
5108 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
5109 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
5110 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
5111 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
5112 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
5113 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
5114 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
5115
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005116 Supported in default-server: No
5117
5118error-limit <count>
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01005119 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the
5120 number of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error"
5121 option. By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005122
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005123 Supported in default-server: Yes
5124
5125 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005126
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005127fall <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005128 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
5129 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
5130 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
5131
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005132 Supported in default-server: Yes
5133
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005134id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02005135 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
5136 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
5137 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005138
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005139 Supported in default-server: No
5140
5141inter <delay>
5142fastinter <delay>
5143downinter <delay>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005144 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
5145 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
5146 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
5147 between checks depending on the server state :
5148
5149 Server state | Interval used
5150 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5151 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
5152 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5153 Transitionally UP (going down), |
5154 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
5155 or yet unchecked. |
5156 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5157 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
5158 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005159
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005160 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
5161 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
5162 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
5163 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
5164 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
5165 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
5166 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
5167 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
5168 servers.
5169
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005170 Supported in default-server: Yes
5171
5172maxconn <maxconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005173 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
5174 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
5175 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
5176 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
5177 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
5178 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
5179 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
5180 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
5181
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005182 Supported in default-server: Yes
5183
5184maxqueue <maxqueue>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005185 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
5186 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
5187 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
5188 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
5189 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
5190 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
5191 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
5192
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005193 Supported in default-server: Yes
5194
5195minconn <minconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005196 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
5197 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
5198 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
5199 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
5200 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
5201 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005202 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005203 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005204
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005205 Supported in default-server: Yes
5206
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005207observe <mode>
5208 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
5209 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
5210 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
5211 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
5212 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
5213 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
5214 headers, a timeout, etc.
5215
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005216 Supported in default-server: No
5217
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005218 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
5219
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005220on-error <mode>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005221 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
5222 Currently, four modes are available:
5223 - fastinter: force fastinter
5224 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
5225 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
5226 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
5227 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
5228
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005229 Supported in default-server: Yes
5230
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005231 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
5232
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005233port <port>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005234 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
5235 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
5236 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
5237 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
5238 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
5239 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
5240
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005241 Supported in default-server: Yes
5242
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005243redir <prefix>
5244 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
5245 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
5246 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
5247 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
5248 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
5249 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
5250 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
5251 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005252 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005253 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
5254 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
5255 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
5256 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
5257 loop between the client and HAProxy!
5258
5259 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
5260
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005261 Supported in default-server: No
5262
5263rise <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005264 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
5265 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
5266 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
5267
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005268 Supported in default-server: Yes
5269
5270slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005271 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
5272 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
5273 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
5274 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
5275 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
5276 parameters :
5277
5278 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
5279 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
5280
5281 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
5282 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
5283 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
5284 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
5285
5286 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
5287 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
5288 seen as failed.
5289
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005290 Supported in default-server: Yes
5291
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005292source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
5293source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005294 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
5295 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
5296 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
5297 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
5298
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005299 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
5300 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
5301 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
5302 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
5303 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
5304 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
5305 server.
5306
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005307 Supported in default-server: No
5308
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005309track [<proxy>/]<server>
5310 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
5311 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
5312 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
5313 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
5314 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
5315
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005316 Supported in default-server: No
5317
5318weight <weight>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005319 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
5320 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
5321 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02005322 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
5323 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
5324 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
5325 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
5326 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
5327 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005328
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005329 Supported in default-server: Yes
5330
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005331
53326. HTTP header manipulation
5333---------------------------
5334
5335In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
5336response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
5337request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
5338which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
5339against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
5340to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
5341passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
5342headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
5343never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
5344
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005345There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
5346(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
5347rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
5348messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
5349in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005350happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005351add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
5352normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
5353
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005354This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
5355in section 4.2 :
5356
5357 - reqadd <string>
5358 - reqallow <search>
5359 - reqiallow <search>
5360 - reqdel <search>
5361 - reqidel <search>
5362 - reqdeny <search>
5363 - reqideny <search>
5364 - reqpass <search>
5365 - reqipass <search>
5366 - reqrep <search> <replace>
5367 - reqirep <search> <replace>
5368 - reqtarpit <search>
5369 - reqitarpit <search>
5370 - rspadd <string>
5371 - rspdel <search>
5372 - rspidel <search>
5373 - rspdeny <search>
5374 - rspideny <search>
5375 - rsprep <search> <replace>
5376 - rspirep <search> <replace>
5377
5378With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
5379is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
5380parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
5381prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
5382Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
5383
5384 \t for a tab
5385 \r for a carriage return (CR)
5386 \n for a new line (LF)
5387 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
5388 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
5389 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
5390 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
5391 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
5392
5393The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
5394portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
5395above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
5396regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
53979 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
5398is very common to users of the "sed" program.
5399
5400The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
5401after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
5402
5403Notes related to these keywords :
5404---------------------------------
5405 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
5406 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
5407 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
5408
5409 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
5410 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
5411 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
5412
5413 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
5414 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
5415 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
5416 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
5417 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
5418
5419 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
5420 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5421 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5422 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5423 useless headers before adding new ones.
5424
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005425 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005426 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5427
5428 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5429 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5430 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5431
5432 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5433 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005434 before switching.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005435
5436
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +010054377. Using ACLs and pattern extraction
5438------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005439
5440The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5441content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5442from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5443simple :
5444
5445 - define test criteria with sets of values
5446 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5447
5448The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5449
5450In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5451
5452 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5453
5454This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5455Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5456and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5457an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5458of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5459
5460ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5461'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5462which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5463
5464There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5465performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5466
5467The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5468
5469 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005470 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5471
5472Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005473
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005474 - integers or integer ranges
5475 - strings
5476 - regular expressions
5477 - IP addresses and networks
5478
5479
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054807.1. Matching integers
5481----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005482
5483Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5484that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5485expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5486may be omitted.
5487
5488For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5489unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5490representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5491
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005492As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5493two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5494instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5495ranges and operators.
5496
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005497For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005498operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5499Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5500of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005501
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005502Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005503
5504 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5505 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5506 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5507 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5508 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5509
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005510For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005511
5512 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5513
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005514This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5515
5516 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5517
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005518
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055197.2. Matching strings
5520---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005521
5522String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5523exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5524characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5525string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5526to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005527before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005528
5529
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055307.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5531-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005532
5533Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5534they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5535possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5536passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5537the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005538the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5539match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005540
5541
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055427.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5543----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005544
5545IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5546netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5547within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005548host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005549difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5550at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5551does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5552parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005553
5554
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055557.5. Available matching criteria
5556--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005557
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055587.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5559------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005560
5561A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5562analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5563addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5564
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005565always_false
5566 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5567 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5568
5569always_true
5570 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5571 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5572
5573src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005574 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005575 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5576 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5577
5578src_port <integer>
5579 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5580
5581dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005582 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005583 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5584
5585dst_port <integer>
5586 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5587 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5588
5589dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005590 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005591 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005592 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005593 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5594 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5595 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5596
5597fe_conn <integer>
5598fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5599 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5600 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5601 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5602 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5603 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5604 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5605 criteria.
5606
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki346f76d2010-01-12 21:59:30 +01005607fe_id <integer>
5608 Applies to the fronted's id. Can be used in backends to check from which
5609 frontend it was called.
5610
5611so_id <integer>
5612 Applies to the socket's id. Useful in frontends with many bind keywords.
5613
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005614be_conn <integer>
5615be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5616 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5617 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5618 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5619 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5620 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005621
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005622nbsrv <integer>
5623nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5624 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5625 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5626 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5627 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5628 "monitor fail".
5629
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005630connslots <integer>
5631connslots(backend) <integer>
5632 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005633 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005634 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5635
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005636 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5637 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005638
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005639 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005640 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5641 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5642 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5643 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5644 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005645 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005646
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005647 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5648 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5649 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5650 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005651
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005652queue <integer>
5653queue(frontend) <integer>
5654 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5655 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5656 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5657 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5658 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5659 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5660 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5661
5662avg_queue <integer>
5663avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5664 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5665 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5666 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5667 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5668 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5669 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5670 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5671 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5672 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5673 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5674 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5675
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005676fe_sess_rate <integer>
5677fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5678 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5679 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5680 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5681 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5682 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5683 the rate to go down below the limit.
5684
5685 Example :
5686 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5687 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5688 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5689 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5690 frontend mail
5691 bind :25
5692 mode tcp
5693 maxconn 100
5694 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5695 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5696 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5697 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005698
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005699be_sess_rate <integer>
5700be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5701 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5702 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5703 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005704 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005705 sucking of an online dictionary).
5706
5707 Example :
5708 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5709 backend dynamic
5710 mode http
5711 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5712 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5713
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005714
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057157.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5716-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005717
5718A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5719during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5720through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5721for more detailed information on the subject.
5722
5723req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005724 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005725 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5726 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5727 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5728 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5729 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5730 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5731
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005732req_proto_http
5733 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5734 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005735 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005736 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5737 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5738
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005739req_rdp_cookie <string>
5740req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5741 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5742 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5743 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5744 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5745 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5746 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5747 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5748 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5749
5750req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5751req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5752 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5753 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5754 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5755 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5756 cookies.
5757
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005758req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5759 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5760 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5761 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5762 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5763 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5764 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5765 with TCP request content inspection.
5766
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005767wait_end
5768 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5769 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5770 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5771 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5772 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5773 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5774 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5775 inspection.
5776
5777 Examples :
5778 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5779 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5780 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5781
5782 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5783 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5784 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5785 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5786 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5787 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5788 tcp-request content reject
5789
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005790
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057917.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5792--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005793
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005794A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005795application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5796read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5797than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5798
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005799method <string>
5800 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5801 already check for most common methods.
5802
5803req_ver <string>
5804 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5805 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5806
5807path <string>
5808 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5809 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5810 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5811
5812path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005813 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5814 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005815
5816path_end <string>
5817 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5818 control file name extension.
5819
5820path_sub <string>
5821 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5822 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5823 "path_dir".
5824
5825path_dir <string>
5826 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5827 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5828 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5829 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5830
5831path_dom <string>
5832 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5833 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5834 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5835
5836path_reg <regex>
5837 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5838 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5839 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5840
5841url <string>
5842 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5843 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5844
5845url_beg <string>
5846 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5847 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5848
5849url_end <string>
5850 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5851 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5852
5853url_sub <string>
5854 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5855 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5856
5857url_dir <string>
5858 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5859 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5860 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5861 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5862
5863url_dom <string>
5864 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5865 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5866 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5867
5868url_reg <regex>
5869 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5870 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5871 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5872
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005873url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005874 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5875 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005876 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005877
5878url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005879 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5880 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005881 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005882 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005883
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005884hdr <string>
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005885hdr(header) <string>
5886 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5887 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005888 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5889 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005890
5891 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005892 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005893 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5894
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005895 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005896
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005897hdr_beg <string>
5898hdr_beg(header) <string>
5899 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5900 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005901
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005902hdr_end <string>
5903hdr_end(header) <string>
5904 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5905 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005906
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005907hdr_sub <string>
5908hdr_sub(header) <string>
5909 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5910 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005911
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005912hdr_dir <string>
5913hdr_dir(header) <string>
5914 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5915 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5916 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5917 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005918
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005919hdr_dom <string>
5920hdr_dom(header) <string>
5921 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5922 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5923 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5924 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005925
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005926hdr_reg <regex>
5927hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5928 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5929 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5930 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5931 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005932
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005933hdr_val <integer>
5934hdr_val(header) <integer>
5935 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5936 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5937 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5938 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005939
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005940hdr_cnt <integer>
5941hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5942 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5943 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5944 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5945 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005946 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005947 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005948
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005949hdr_ip <ip_address>
5950hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5951 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5952 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5953 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5954
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005955
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059567.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5957---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005958
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005959Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5960every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5961order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5962only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005963
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005964ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5965---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5966TRUE always_true always match
5967FALSE always_false never match
5968LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005969HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005970HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5971HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5972METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5973METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5974METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5975METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5976METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5977METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5978HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005979HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005980HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5981HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005982RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005983REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5984WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5985---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005986
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005987
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059887.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5989----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005990
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005991Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5992combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005993
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005994 - AND (implicit)
5995 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5996 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005997
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005998A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005999
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006000 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006001
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006002Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
6003indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006004
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006005For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
6006"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
6007requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
6008is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006009
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006010 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
6011 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
6012 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
6013 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006014
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006015To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
6016and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006017
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006018 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
6019 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
6020 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
6021 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006022
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006023 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
6024 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
6025 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
6026 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006027
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006028See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006029
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006030
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +010060317.8. Pattern extraction
6032-----------------------
6033
6034The stickiness features relies on pattern extraction in the request and
6035response. Sometimes the data needs to be converted first before being stored,
6036for instance converted from ASCII to IP or upper case to lower case.
6037
6038All these operations of data extraction and conversion are defined as
6039"pattern extraction rules". A pattern rule always has the same format. It
6040begins with a single pattern fetch word, potentially followed by a list of
6041arguments within parenthesis then an optional list of transformations. As
6042much as possible, the pattern fetch functions use the same name as their
6043equivalent used in ACLs.
6044
6045The list of currently supported pattern fetch functions is the following :
6046
6047 src This is the source IPv4 address of the client of the session.
6048 It is of type IP and only works with such tables.
6049
6050 dst This is the destination IPv4 address of the session on the
6051 client side, which is the address the client connected to.
6052 It can be useful when running in transparent mode. It is of
6053 typie IP and only works with such tables.
6054
6055 dst_port This is the destination TCP port of the session on the client
6056 side, which is the port the client connected to. This might be
6057 used when running in transparent mode or when assigning dynamic
6058 ports to some clients for a whole application session. It is of
6059 type integer and only works with such tables.
6060
6061
6062The currently available list of transformations include :
6063
6064 lower Convert a string pattern to lower case. This can only be placed
6065 after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion
6066 function returning a string type. The result is of type string.
6067
6068 upper Convert a string pattern to upper case. This can only be placed
6069 after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion
6070 function returning a string type. The result is of type string.
6071
6072
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060738. Logging
6074----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006075
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006076One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
6077provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
6078very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
6079provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
6080state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006081to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006082headers.
6083
6084In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
6085about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
6086send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
6087
6088 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
6089 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
6090 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
6091 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
6092 at the termination.
6093
6094The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
6095allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
6096as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
6097while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
6098real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
6099delay.
6100
6101
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061028.1. Log levels
6103---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006104
6105TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
6106source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
6107HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
6108in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
6109particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006110syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006111facilities.
6112
6113
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061148.2. Log formats
6115----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006116
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02006117HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006118and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
6119the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
6120formats are the following ones :
6121
6122 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
6123 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
6124 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
6125 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
6126 extents.
6127
6128 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
6129 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
6130 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
6131 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
6132 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
6133
6134 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
6135 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
6136 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
6137 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
6138 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
6139
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02006140 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
6141 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
6142 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
6143 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
6144
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006145Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
6146specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
6147field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
6148servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
6149always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
6150identifier.
6151
6152Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
6153 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
6154 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
6155 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
6156 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
6157
6158
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061598.2.1. Default log format
6160-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006161
6162This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
6163as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
6164format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
6165
6166 Example :
6167 listen www
6168 mode http
6169 log global
6170 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6171
6172 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
6173 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
6174 (www/HTTP)
6175
6176 Field Format Extract from the example above
6177 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
6178 2 'Connect from' Connect from
6179 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
6180 4 'to' to
6181 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
6182 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
6183
6184Detailed fields description :
6185 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
6186 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6187 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
6188 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
6189 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6190 and processed the connection.
6191 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
6192
6193It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
6194will eventually disappear.
6195
6196
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061978.2.2. TCP log format
6198---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006199
6200The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
6201is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
6202information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
6203counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
6204emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
6205environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
6206the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
6207sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006208specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
6209not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
6210fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
6211marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006212
6213 Example :
6214 frontend fnt
6215 mode tcp
6216 option tcplog
6217 log global
6218 default_backend bck
6219
6220 backend bck
6221 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6222
6223 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
6224 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
6225 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
6226
6227 Field Format Extract from the example above
6228 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
6229 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
6230 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
6231 4 frontend_name fnt
6232 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
6233 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
6234 7 bytes_read* 212
6235 8 termination_state --
6236 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
6237 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6238
6239Detailed fields description :
6240 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6241 connection to haproxy.
6242
6243 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6244
6245 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
6246 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
6247 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
6248 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
6249
6250 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6251 and processed the connection.
6252
6253 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6254 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6255 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
6256 applications.
6257
6258 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6259 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6260 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6261 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
6262 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
6263
6264 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6265 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6266 See "Timers" below for more details.
6267
6268 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6269 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6270 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
6271 "Timers" below for more details.
6272
6273 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6274 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6275 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6276 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6277 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6278 details.
6279
6280 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
6281 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
6282 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
6283 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
6284 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
6285
6286 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6287 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6288 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
6289 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
6290 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
6291 for more details.
6292
6293 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6294 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6295 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
6296 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
6297 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006298 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006299
6300 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6301 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6302 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6303 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6304 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6305 caused by a denial of service attack.
6306
6307 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6308 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6309 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6310 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6311 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6312 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6313 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6314 denial of service attack.
6315
6316 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6317 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6318 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6319 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6320 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6321 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6322 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6323 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
6324 be processed than on other servers.
6325
6326 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6327 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6328 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6329 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6330 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6331 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6332 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6333 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6334 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6335 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6336 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6337 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6338 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6339
6340 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6341 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6342 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6343 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6344 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6345 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6346 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6347 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6348
6349 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6350 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6351 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6352 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6353 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6354 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6355 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6356 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6357 occurs.
6358
6359
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063608.2.3. HTTP log format
6361----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006362
6363The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
6364is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
6365the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
6366are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
6367emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
6368generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
6369"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
6370which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006371frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
6372is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006373
6374Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
6375slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
6376with a star ('*') after the field name below.
6377
6378 Example :
6379 frontend http-in
6380 mode http
6381 option httplog
6382 log global
6383 default_backend bck
6384
6385 backend static
6386 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6387
6388 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
6389 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
6390 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006391 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006392
6393 Field Format Extract from the example above
6394 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
6395 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
6396 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
6397 4 frontend_name http-in
6398 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
6399 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
6400 7 status_code 200
6401 8 bytes_read* 2750
6402 9 captured_request_cookie -
6403 10 captured_response_cookie -
6404 11 termination_state ----
6405 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
6406 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6407 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
6408 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
6409 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006410
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006411
6412Detailed fields description :
6413 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6414 connection to haproxy.
6415
6416 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6417
6418 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
6419 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
6420 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
6421 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
6422 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
6423
6424 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6425 and processed the connection.
6426
6427 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6428 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6429 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
6430
6431 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6432 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6433 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6434 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
6435 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
6436 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
6437
6438 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
6439 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
6440 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
6441 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
6442 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
6443 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
6444
6445 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6446 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6447 See "Timers" below for more details.
6448
6449 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6450 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6451 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
6452 below for more details.
6453
6454 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
6455 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
6456 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
6457 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
6458 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
6459 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
6460 for more details.
6461
6462 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6463 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6464 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6465 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6466 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6467 details.
6468
6469 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6470 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6471 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6472
6473 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6474 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6475 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6476 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6477 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6478 overflowing.
6479
6480 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6481 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6482 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6483 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6484 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6485 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6486 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6487 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6488
6489 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6490 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6491 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6492 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6493 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6494 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6495 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6496 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6497
6498 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6499 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6500 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6501 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6502 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6503 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6504 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6505
6506 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6507 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6508 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6509 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6510 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006511 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006512 system.
6513
6514 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6515 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6516 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6517 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6518 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6519 caused by a denial of service attack.
6520
6521 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6522 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6523 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6524 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6525 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6526 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6527 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6528 denial of service attack.
6529
6530 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6531 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6532 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6533 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6534 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6535 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6536 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6537 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6538 processed than on other servers.
6539
6540 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6541 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6542 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6543 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6544 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6545 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6546 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6547 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6548 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6549 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6550 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6551 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6552 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6553
6554 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6555 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6556 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6557 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6558 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6559 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6560 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6561 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6562
6563 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6564 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6565 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6566 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6567 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6568 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6569 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6570 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6571 occurs.
6572
6573 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6574 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6575 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6576 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6577 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6578 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6579 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6580 cookies" below for more details.
6581
6582 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6583 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6584 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6585 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6586 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6587 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6588 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6589 and cookies" below for more details.
6590
6591 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6592 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6593 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6594 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6595 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6596 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6597 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6598 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6599
6600
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066018.3. Advanced logging options
6602-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006603
6604Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6605just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6606options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6607for more information about their usage.
6608
6609
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066108.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6611------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006612
6613It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6614haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6615commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6616monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6617ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6618
6619 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6620 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6621 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6622 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6623
6624 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6625 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6626 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6627 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6628 such as other load-balancers.
6629
6630 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6631 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6632 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6633
6634
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066358.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6636----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006637
6638The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6639what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6640or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6641"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6642just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6643log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6644after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6645is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6646with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6647with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6648
6649
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066508.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6651------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006652
6653Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6654for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6655"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6656retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6657raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6658a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6659file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6660you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6661"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6662
6663
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066648.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6665--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006666
6667Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6668multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6669them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6670"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6671logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6672error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6673and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6674too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6675useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6676alternative.
6677
6678
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066798.4. Timing events
6680------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006681
6682Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6683reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6684the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6685frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6686mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6687
6688 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6689 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6690 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6691 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6692 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6693
6694 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6695 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6696 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6697 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6698 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6699
6700 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6701 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6702 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6703 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6704 connection never established.
6705
6706 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6707 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6708 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6709 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6710 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6711 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6712 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6713 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6714 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6715 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6716 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6717
6718 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6719 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6720 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6721 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6722 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6723
6724 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6725
6726 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6727 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6728 negative.
6729
6730These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6731protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6732that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006733due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006734close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6735session has been aborted on timeout.
6736
6737Most common cases :
6738
6739 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6740 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6741 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6742 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6743 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6744 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6745 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6746 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6747 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6748 connections have been accepted at once.
6749
6750 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6751 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6752 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6753 of ms on remote networks.
6754
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006755 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6756 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6757 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006758
6759 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6760 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6761 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6762 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6763 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6764 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6765 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6766 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6767 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6768 to the server until another one is released.
6769
6770Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6771
6772 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6773 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6774 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6775
6776 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6777 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6778 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6779
6780 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6781 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6782 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6783 flags.
6784
6785 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6786 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6787 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6788 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6789 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6790 the client connection was maintained open.
6791
6792 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6793 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6794 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6795 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6796
6797
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067988.5. Session state at disconnection
6799-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006800
6801TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6802"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
68032-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6804each of which has a special meaning :
6805
6806 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6807 session to terminate :
6808
6809 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6810
6811 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6812 server explicitly refused it.
6813
6814 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6815 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6816 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6817 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6818 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6819 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6820
6821 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6822 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6823 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6824 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6825 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6826
6827 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6828 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6829 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6830 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6831 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6832
6833 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6834 send or receive data.
6835
6836 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6837 send or receive data.
6838
6839 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6840 with nothing left in the buffers.
6841
6842 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6843
6844 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6845 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6846
6847 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6848 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6849 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6850 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6851 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6852
6853 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6854 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6855
6856 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6857 server (HTTP only).
6858
6859 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6860
6861 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6862 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6863 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6864
6865 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6866 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6867 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6868
6869 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6870
6871 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6872 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6873
6874 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6875 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6876 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6877
6878 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6879 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6880 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6881
6882 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6883 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6884 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6885 another server.
6886
6887 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6888 server.
6889
6890 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6891
6892 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6893 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6894
6895 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6896
6897 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6898 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6899 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6900
6901 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6902
6903 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6904 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6905
6906 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6907
6908 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6909
6910The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6911happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6912helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6913starvation, attacks, etc...
6914
6915The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6916alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6917easier finding and understanding.
6918
6919 Flags Reason
6920
6921 -- Normal termination.
6922
6923 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6924 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6925 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6926 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6927
6928 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6929 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6930 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6931 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6932 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6933 by the client.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006934
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006935 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6936 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6937 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6938
6939 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6940 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6941 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6942
6943 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6944 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6945 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6946 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6947 the server takes too long to respond.
6948
6949 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6950 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6951 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6952 long a time to respond.
6953
6954 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6955 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6956 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6957 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6958 and the client.
6959
6960 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6961 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6962 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6963 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6964 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6965 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6966
6967 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6968 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006969 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6970 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6971 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6972 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006973
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006974 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006975 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6976 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6977 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6978 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6979 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6980
6981 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6982 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6983 503 or 504 here.
6984
6985 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6986 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6987 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6988 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6989 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6990
6991 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6992 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006993 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006994 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6995 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6996
6997 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6998 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6999 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
7000 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
7001 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
7002 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
7003 between haproxy and the server.
7004
7005 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
7006 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
7007 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
7008 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
7009 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
7010 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
7011 solution is to fix the application.
7012
7013 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
7014 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
7015 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
7016 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
7017 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
7018 external attacks.
7019
7020 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
7021 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
7022 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
7023 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
7024 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
7025
7026 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
7027 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
7028 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
7029 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
7030 containing unauthorized characters.
7031
7032 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
7033 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
7034 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
7035 returned an HTTP 403 error.
7036
7037 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
7038 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
7039 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
7040 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
7041
7042 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
7043 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
7044 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
7045 only be solved by proper system tuning.
7046
7047
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020070488.6. Non-printable characters
7049-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007050
7051In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
7052consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
7053converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
7054prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
7055being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
7056escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
7057is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
7058'}' when logging headers.
7059
7060Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
7061issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
7062containing spaces is "User-Agent".
7063
7064Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
7065the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
7066performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
7067
7068
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020070698.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
7070---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007071
7072Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
7073achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007074section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007075cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
7076the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
7077the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007078locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007079not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
7080user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
7081a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
7082wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
7083
7084 Examples :
7085 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
7086 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
7087
7088 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
7089 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
7090
7091
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020070928.8. Capturing HTTP headers
7093---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007094
7095Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
7096proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
7097the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
7098server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
7099
7100Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
7101response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007102section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007103
7104It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007105time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
7106appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007107are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
7108and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
7109follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
7110request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
7111in the logs.
7112
7113 Example :
7114 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
7115 listen proxy-out
7116 mode http
7117 option httplog
7118 option logasap
7119 log global
7120 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
7121
7122 # log the name of the virtual server
7123 capture request header Host len 20
7124
7125 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
7126 capture request header Content-Length len 10
7127
7128 # log the beginning of the referrer
7129 capture request header Referer len 20
7130
7131 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
7132 capture response header Server len 20
7133
7134 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
7135 capture response header Content-Length len 10
7136
7137 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
7138 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
7139
7140 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
7141 capture response header Via len 20
7142
7143 # log the URL location during a redirection
7144 capture response header Location len 20
7145
7146 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
7147 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
7148 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7149 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
7150 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
7151
7152 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
7153 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
7154 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7155 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007156 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007157
7158 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
7159 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
7160 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7161 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
7162 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007163 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007164
7165
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020071668.9. Examples of logs
7167---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007168
7169These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
7170them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
7171reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
7172
7173 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
7174 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
7175 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
7176
7177 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
7178 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
7179
7180 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
7181 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
7182 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
7183
7184 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
7185 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
7186
7187 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
7188 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
7189 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
7190
7191 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007192 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007193 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
7194 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
7195
7196 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
7197 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
7198 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
7199
7200 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
7201 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
7202 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
7203 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
7204 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
7205 to return the 502 and not the server.
7206
7207 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007208 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007209
7210 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
7211 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
7212 Nothing was sent to any server.
7213
7214 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
7215 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
7216
7217 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
7218 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
7219 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
7220 send a 408 return code to the client.
7221
7222 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
7223 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
7224
7225 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
7226 5 seconds ("c----").
7227
7228 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
7229 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007230 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007231
7232 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007233 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007234 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
7235 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
7236 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
7237 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
7238 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007239
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007240
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020072419. Statistics and monitoring
7242----------------------------
7243
7244It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
7245mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
7246CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
7247Unix socket.
7248
7249
72509.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007251---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007252
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01007253The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
7254page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
7255
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007256 0. pxname: proxy name
7257 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
7258 for server)
7259 2. qcur: current queued requests
7260 3. qmax: max queued requests
7261 4. scur: current sessions
7262 5. smax: max sessions
7263 6. slim: sessions limit
7264 7. stot: total sessions
7265 8. bin: bytes in
7266 9. bout: bytes out
7267 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007268 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007269 12. ereq: request errors
7270 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007271 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007272 15. wretr: retries (warning)
7273 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
7274 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
7275 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
7276 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
7277 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
7278 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
7279 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
7280 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
7281 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
7282 25. qlimit: queue limit
7283 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
7284 27. iid: unique proxy id
7285 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
7286 29. throttle: warm up status
7287 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
7288 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02007289 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02007290 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
7291 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
7292 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007293 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
7294 UNK -> unknown
7295 INI -> initializing
7296 SOCKERR -> socket error
7297 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
7298 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
7299 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
7300 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
7301 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
7302 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007303 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007304 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
7305 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
7306 disable-on-404
7307 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007308 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007309 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
7310 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
7311 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007312 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
7313 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
7314 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
7315 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
7316 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
7317 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007318
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007319
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020073209.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007321-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007322
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007323The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007324must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
7325is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
7326a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
7327risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
7328followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
7329given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
7330then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
7331to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007332
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007333It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
7334on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
7335own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007336
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007337help
7338 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
7339 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007340
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007341prompt
7342 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
7343 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
7344 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
7345 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
7346 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
7347 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
7348 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
7349 command.
7350
7351quit
7352 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007353
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007354show errors [<iid>]
7355 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
7356 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007357 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
7358 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
7359 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007360
7361 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
7362 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
7363 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
7364 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
7365 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
7366 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
7367 are reported too.
7368
7369 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
7370 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
7371 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
7372 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
7373 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
7374 code.
7375
7376 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
7377 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
7378 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
7379 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
7380 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
7381 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
7382 line.
7383
7384 Example :
7385 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
7386 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
7387 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
7388 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
7389
7390 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
7391 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
7392 00038 Location: blah\r\n
7393 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
7394 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
7395 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
7396 00204+ minal\r\n
7397 00211 \r\n
7398
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007399 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007400 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
7401 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
7402 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
7403 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
7404 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
7405 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007406
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007407show info
7408 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
7409
7410show sess
7411 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007412 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
7413 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
7414
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007415
7416show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
7417 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
7418 possible to dump only selected items :
7419 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
7420 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
7421 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
7422 for example:
7423 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
7424 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
7425 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
7426
7427 Example :
7428 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
7429 Name: HAProxy
7430 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
7431 Release_date: 2009/09/23
7432 Nbproc: 1
7433 Process_num: 1
7434 (...)
7435
7436 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
7437 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
7438 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
7439 (...)
7440 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
7441
7442 $
7443
7444 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
7445 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
7446 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
7447 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007448 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007449
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007450clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007451 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
7452 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
7453 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007454 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
7455 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007456
7457clear counters all
7458 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007459 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
7460 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
7461
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007462get weight <backend>/<server>
7463 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
7464 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
7465 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007466 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
7467 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
7468 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007469
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007470set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7471 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7472 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7473 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7474 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7475 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7476 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7477 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7478 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7479 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7480 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7481 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007482 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7483 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7484 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007485
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007486
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007487/*
7488 * Local variables:
7489 * fill-column: 79
7490 * End:
7491 */